1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
|
|
|
|
|
in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
|
|
|
|
|
Programming Support Tools". Sufficient support for gdb.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rewritten by Mark Eichin @ Cygnus Support, from information
|
|
|
|
|
published in "System V Application Binary Interface", chapters 4
|
|
|
|
|
and 5, as well as the various "Processor Supplement" documents
|
|
|
|
|
derived from it. Added support for assembler and other object file
|
|
|
|
|
utilities. Further work done by Ken Raeburn (Cygnus Support), Michael
|
|
|
|
|
Meissner (Open Software Foundation), and Peter Hoogenboom (University
|
|
|
|
|
of Utah) to finish and extend this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
|
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Problems and other issues to resolve.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) BFD expects there to be some fixed number of "sections" in
|
|
|
|
|
the object file. I.E. there is a "section_count" variable in the
|
|
|
|
|
bfd structure which contains the number of sections. However, ELF
|
|
|
|
|
supports multiple "views" of a file. In particular, with current
|
|
|
|
|
implementations, executable files typically have two tables, a
|
|
|
|
|
program header table and a section header table, both of which
|
|
|
|
|
partition the executable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In ELF-speak, the "linking view" of the file uses the section header
|
|
|
|
|
table to access "sections" within the file, and the "execution view"
|
|
|
|
|
uses the program header table to access "segments" within the file.
|
|
|
|
|
"Segments" typically may contain all the data from one or more
|
|
|
|
|
"sections".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the section header table is optional in ELF executables,
|
|
|
|
|
but it is this information that is most useful to gdb. If the
|
|
|
|
|
section header table is missing, then gdb should probably try
|
|
|
|
|
to make do with the program header table. (FIXME)
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
(2) The code in this file is compiled twice, once in 32-bit mode and
|
|
|
|
|
once in 64-bit mode. More of it should be made size-independent
|
|
|
|
|
and moved into elf.c.
|
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
(3) ELF section symbols are handled rather sloppily now. This should
|
|
|
|
|
be cleaned up, and ELF section symbols reconciled with BFD section
|
|
|
|
|
symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#include <assert.h>
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h> /* For strrchr and friends */
|
|
|
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "libelf.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifndef alloca
|
|
|
|
|
PTR alloca ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Renaming structures, typedefs, macros and functions to be size-specific. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Ehdr NAME(Elf,External_Ehdr)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Sym NAME(Elf,External_Sym)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Shdr NAME(Elf,External_Shdr)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Phdr NAME(Elf,External_Phdr)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Rel NAME(Elf,External_Rel)
|
|
|
|
|
#define Elf_External_Rela NAME(Elf,External_Rela)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_core_file_failing_command NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_command)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_core_file_failing_signal NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_signal)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_core_file_matches_executable_p NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_matches_executable_p)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_object_p NAME(bfd_elf,object_p)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_core_file_p NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_p)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_get_symtab_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab_upper_bound)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_get_reloc_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_reloc_upper_bound)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_canonicalize_reloc NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_reloc)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_get_symtab NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_make_empty_symbol NAME(bfd_elf,make_empty_symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_get_symbol_info NAME(bfd_elf,get_symbol_info)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_print_symbol NAME(bfd_elf,print_symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_get_lineno NAME(bfd_elf,get_lineno)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_set_arch_mach NAME(bfd_elf,set_arch_mach)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_find_nearest_line NAME(bfd_elf,find_nearest_line)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_sizeof_headers NAME(bfd_elf,sizeof_headers)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_set_section_contents NAME(bfd_elf,set_section_contents)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_no_info_to_howto NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto)
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_no_info_to_howto_rel NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto_rel)
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define elf_new_section_hook NAME(bfd_elf,new_section_hook)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define write_relocs NAME(bfd_elf,_write_relocs)
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define elf_find_section NAME(bfd_elf,find_section)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF64_R_INFO(X,Y)
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF64_R_SYM(X)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS64
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILE_ALIGN 8
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF32_R_INFO(X,Y)
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF32_R_SYM(X)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS32
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define FILE_ALIGN 4
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static int shstrtab_length_fixed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_sect_data {
|
|
|
|
|
int reloc_sec;
|
|
|
|
|
/* more? */
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Forward declarations of static functions */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct sec * section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static boolean elf_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *,
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_cache_entry **));
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
static void elf_debug_section PARAMS ((char *, int, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
|
|
|
|
|
static void elf_debug_file PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Ehdr *));
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \
|
|
|
|
|
elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Structure swapping routines */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Should perhaps use put_offset, put_word, etc. For now, the two versions
|
|
|
|
|
can be handled by explicitly specifying 32 bits or "the long type". */
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|
|
|
|
#define put_word bfd_h_put_64
|
|
|
|
|
#define get_word bfd_h_get_64
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
|
|
|
|
|
#define put_word bfd_h_put_32
|
|
|
|
|
#define get_word bfd_h_get_32
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF symbol in external format into an ELF symbol in internal
|
|
|
|
|
format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_symbol_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Sym * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dst->st_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_name);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->st_value = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_value);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->st_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_size);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->st_info = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_info);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->st_other = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_other);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->st_shndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_shndx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF symbol in internal format into an ELF symbol in external
|
|
|
|
|
format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_symbol_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Sym * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->st_name, dst->st_name);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->st_value, dst->st_value);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->st_size, dst->st_size);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_info, dst->st_info);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_other, dst->st_other);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->st_shndx, dst->st_shndx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF file header in external format into an ELF file header in
|
|
|
|
|
internal format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_ehdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Ehdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_type = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_type);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_machine = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_machine);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_version = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_version);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->e_entry = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_phoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phoff);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_shoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shoff);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->e_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_ehsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_ehsize);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_phentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phentsize);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_phnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_shentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shentsize);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_shnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shnum);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->e_shstrndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shstrndx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF file header in internal format into an ELF file header in
|
|
|
|
|
external format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_ehdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Ehdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
|
|
|
|
|
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_type, dst->e_type);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_machine, dst->e_machine);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_version, dst->e_version);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->e_entry, dst->e_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->e_phoff, dst->e_phoff);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->e_shoff, dst->e_shoff);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_flags, dst->e_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_ehsize, dst->e_ehsize);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phentsize, dst->e_phentsize);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phnum, dst->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shentsize, dst->e_shentsize);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shnum, dst->e_shnum);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shstrndx, dst->e_shstrndx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF section header table entry in external format into an
|
|
|
|
|
ELF section header table entry in internal format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_shdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Shdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_name);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_type);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_flags = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_addr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addr);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_size);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_link = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_link);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_info = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_info);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_addralign = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->sh_entsize = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_entsize);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* we haven't done any processing on it yet, so... */
|
|
|
|
|
dst->rawdata = (void *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF section header table entry in internal format into an
|
|
|
|
|
ELF section header table entry in external format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_shdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Shdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_name, dst->sh_name);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_type, dst->sh_type);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_flags, dst->sh_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_addr, dst->sh_addr);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_offset, dst->sh_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_size, dst->sh_size);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_link, dst->sh_link);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_info, dst->sh_info);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_addralign, dst->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->sh_entsize, dst->sh_entsize);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF program header table entry in external format into an
|
|
|
|
|
ELF program header table entry in internal format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_phdr_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Phdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_type);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_flags);
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->p_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_vaddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_vaddr);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_paddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_paddr);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_filesz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_filesz);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_memsz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_memsz);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->p_align = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_align);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_phdr_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Phdr * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_type, dst->p_type);
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_offset, dst->p_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_vaddr, dst->p_vaddr);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_paddr, dst->p_paddr);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_filesz, dst->p_filesz);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_memsz, dst->p_memsz);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_flags, dst->p_flags);
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->p_align, dst->p_align);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF reloc from external format to internal format. */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE void
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_reloc_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE void
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_reloca_in, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
|
|
|
|
|
dst->r_addend = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_addend);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate an ELF reloc from internal format to external format. */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE void
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_reloc_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE void
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_swap_reloca_out, (abfd, src, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela * src AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela * dst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
|
|
|
|
|
put_word (abfd, src->r_addend, dst->r_addend);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* String table creation/manipulation routines */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct strtab *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_new_strtab, (abfd),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *ss;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ss = (struct strtab *) bfd_xmalloc (sizeof (struct strtab));
|
|
|
|
|
ss->tab = bfd_xmalloc (1);
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
*ss->tab = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ss->nentries = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ss->length = 1;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return ss;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_add_to_strtab, (abfd, ss, str),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *ss AND
|
|
|
|
|
CONST char *str)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* should search first, but for now: */
|
|
|
|
|
/* include the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
|
|
int ln = strlen (str) + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* should this be using obstacks? */
|
|
|
|
|
ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
|
|
|
|
|
ss->nentries++;
|
|
|
|
|
ss->length += ln;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ss->length - ln;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_add_2_to_strtab, (abfd, ss, str, str2),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *ss AND
|
|
|
|
|
char *str AND
|
|
|
|
|
CONST char *str2)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* should search first, but for now: */
|
|
|
|
|
/* include the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
|
|
int ln = strlen (str) + strlen (str2) + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* should this be using obstacks? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ss->length)
|
|
|
|
|
ss->tab = realloc (ss->tab, ss->length + ln);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
ss->tab = bfd_xmalloc (ln);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ss->tab != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length, str);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (ss->tab + ss->length + strlen (str), str2);
|
|
|
|
|
ss->nentries++;
|
|
|
|
|
ss->length += ln;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ss->length - ln;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_section_from_shdr, (abfd, shindex),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int shindex)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NULL:
|
|
|
|
|
/* inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bits that get saved. This one is real. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!hdr->rawdata)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (newsect != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; /* so we can read back the bits */
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->vma = hdr->sh_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->sh_size;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE))
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; /* FIXME: may only contain SOME code */
|
1993-09-21 07:25:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else if (newsect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-23 23:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* The debugging sections appear to recognized only by
|
|
|
|
|
name. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (strncmp (name, ".debug", sizeof ".debug" - 1) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".line", sizeof ".line" - 1) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (void *) newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-23 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (void *) bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bits that get saved. This one is real. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!hdr->rawdata)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (newsect != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->vma = hdr->sh_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; /* fake */
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE))
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-21 07:25:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: This section is empty. Does it really make
|
|
|
|
|
sense to set SEC_CODE for it? */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; /* FIXME: may only contain SOME code */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (void *) newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->rawdata)
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata(abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (PTR) &elf_tdata(abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections(abfd)[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata(abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
|
|
|
|
|
hdr2 = elf_elfsections(abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = (asection *) hdr2->rawdata;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!newsect)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (PTR) newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
*hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (newsect)
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
|
|
hdr->rawdata = (PTR) newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->vma = 0;
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC|SEC_LOAD;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE))
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
1993-09-21 07:25:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else if (newsect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for debugging string tables. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (strncmp (name, ".debug", sizeof ".debug" - 1) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_REL:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_RELA:
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections!
|
|
|
|
|
The spec says there can be multiple strtabs, but only one symtab,
|
|
|
|
|
but there can be lots of REL* sections. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: The above statement is wrong! There are typically at least
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
two symbol tables in a dynamically linked executable, ".dynsym"
|
|
|
|
|
which is the dynamic linkage symbol table and ".symtab", which is
|
|
|
|
|
the "traditional" symbol table. -fnf */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asection *target_sect;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't allow REL relocations on a machine that uses RELA and
|
|
|
|
|
vice versa. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Actually, the generic ABI does suggest that both might be
|
|
|
|
|
used in one file. But the four ABI Processor Supplements I
|
|
|
|
|
have access to right now all specify that only one is used on
|
|
|
|
|
each of those architectures. It's conceivable that, e.g., a
|
|
|
|
|
bunch of absolute 32-bit relocs might be more compact in REL
|
|
|
|
|
form even on a RELA machine... */
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!(use_rela_p && (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)));
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!(!use_rela_p && (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)));
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize ==
|
|
|
|
|
(use_rela_p
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
? sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)
|
|
|
|
|
: sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info); /* target */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link); /* symbol table */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
target_sect = section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_sect == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
*hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
target_sect->reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
|
|
target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
|
|
|
|
target_sect->relocation = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_HASH:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_DYNSYM: /* could treat this like symtab... */
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Dynamic Linking sections not yet supported.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOTE:
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Note Sections not yet supported.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_SHLIB:
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "SHLIB Sections not supported (and non conforming.)\n");
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
|
|
|
|
|
(*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_new_section_hook, (abfd, sec),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd
|
|
|
|
|
AND asection *sec)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
|
|
|
|
|
sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
|
|
|
|
of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
|
|
|
|
program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
|
|
|
|
generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
|
|
|
|
(less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
|
|
|
|
system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
|
|
|
|
but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
|
|
|
|
file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
|
|
|
|
of combined data+bss.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
|
|
|
|
for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
|
|
|
|
the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
|
|
|
|
by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
|
|
|
|
into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_section_from_phdr, (abfd, hdr, index),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr * hdr AND
|
|
|
|
|
int index)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
char namebuf[64];
|
|
|
|
|
int split;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) &&
|
|
|
|
|
(hdr->p_filesz > 0) &&
|
|
|
|
|
(hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
|
|
|
|
sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index);
|
|
|
|
|
name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
|
|
|
|
may be data. */
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (split)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index);
|
|
|
|
|
name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Begin processing a given object.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
First we validate the file by reading in the ELF header and checking
|
|
|
|
|
the magic number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static INLINE boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_file_p, (x_ehdrp), Elf_External_Ehdr * x_ehdrp)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return ((x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] == ELFMAG0)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] == ELFMAG1)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] == ELFMAG2)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] == ELFMAG3));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if the file associated with ABFD matches the target vector
|
|
|
|
|
that ABFD points to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that we may be called several times with the same ABFD, but different
|
|
|
|
|
target vectors, most of which will not match. We have to avoid leaving
|
|
|
|
|
any side effects in ABFD, or any data it points to (like tdata), if the
|
|
|
|
|
file does not match the target vector.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME: There is memory leak if we are called more than once with the same
|
|
|
|
|
ABFD, and that bfd already has tdata allocated, since we allocate more tdata
|
|
|
|
|
and the old tdata is orphaned. Since it's in the bfd obstack, there isn't
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
much we can do about this except possibly rewrite the code. There are
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
also other bfd_allocs that may be the source of memory leaks as well. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_target *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_object_p, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Shdr x_shdr; /* Section header table entry, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
int shindex;
|
|
|
|
|
char *shstrtab; /* Internal copy of section header stringtab */
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *ebd; /* Use to get ELF_ARCH stored in xvec */
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata *preserved_tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Read in the ELF header in external format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_system_call_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
|
|
|
|
|
make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
|
|
|
|
|
and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
|
|
|
|
|
section header table (FIXME: See comments re sections at top of this
|
|
|
|
|
file). */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if ((elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) ||
|
|
|
|
|
(x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT) ||
|
|
|
|
|
(x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS))
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Check that file's byte order matches xvec's */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */
|
|
|
|
|
default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
the tdata pointer in the bfd. FIXME: memory leak, see above. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
|
|
|
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_no_memory_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
|
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 1
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* If there is no section header table, we're hosed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_shoff == 0)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-11-09 07:33:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_EXEC)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
|
1993-11-09 07:33:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_DYN)
|
|
|
|
|
abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the architecture information from the xvec and verify
|
|
|
|
|
that it matches the machine info stored in the ELF header.
|
|
|
|
|
This allows us to resolve ambiguous formats that might not
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise be distinguishable. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Perhaps the elf architecture value should be another field in the
|
|
|
|
|
elf backend data? If you change this to work that way, make sure
|
|
|
|
|
that you still get bfd_arch_unknown for unknown architecture types,
|
|
|
|
|
and that it still gets accepted by the `generic' elf target. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
enum bfd_architecture arch = bfd_arch_unknown;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < bfd_elf_arch_map_size; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_elf_arch_map[i].elf_arch == i_ehdrp->e_machine)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
arch = bfd_elf_arch_map[i].bfd_arch;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* start-sanitize-v9 */
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_machine == EM_SPARC64)
|
|
|
|
|
arch = bfd_arch_sparc;
|
|
|
|
|
/* end-sanitize-v9 */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ebd->arch != arch)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate space for a copy of the section header table in
|
|
|
|
|
internal form, seek to the section header table in the file,
|
|
|
|
|
read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity
|
|
|
|
|
check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each section
|
|
|
|
|
header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_shentsize != sizeof (x_shdr))
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections (abfd) =
|
|
|
|
|
(Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (!i_shdrp || !elf_elfsections(abfd))
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_no_memory_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_system_call_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (shindex = 0; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_shdr, sizeof x_shdr, 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_shdr))
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_system_call_error;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, &x_shdr, i_shdrp + shindex);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = i_shdrp + shindex;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
for (shindex = i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1; shindex >= 0; shindex--)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd,
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[shindex].sh_name),
|
|
|
|
|
".strtab"))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->strtab_hdr = i_shdrp[shindex];
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata(abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (!strcmp (elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd,
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[shindex].sh_name),
|
|
|
|
|
".symtab"))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr = i_shdrp[shindex];
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Read in the string table containing the names of the sections. We
|
|
|
|
|
will need the base pointer to this table later. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* We read this inline now, so that we don't have to go through
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is
|
|
|
|
|
used to find all of the ELF section names.) */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!shstrtab)
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
goto got_wrong_format_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Once all of the section headers have been read and converted, we
|
|
|
|
|
can start processing them. Note that the first section header is
|
|
|
|
|
a dummy placeholder entry, so we ignore it.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
We also watch for the symbol table section and remember the file
|
|
|
|
|
offset and section size for both the symbol table section and the
|
|
|
|
|
associated string table section. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (shindex = 1; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return (abfd->xvec);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are going to use goto's to avoid duplicating error setting
|
|
|
|
|
and return(NULL) code, then this at least makes it more maintainable. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
got_system_call_error:
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_no_match;
|
|
|
|
|
got_wrong_format_error:
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = wrong_format;
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_no_match;
|
|
|
|
|
got_no_memory_error:
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
goto got_no_match;
|
|
|
|
|
got_no_match:
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd) = preserved_tdata;
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ELF .o/exec file writing */
|
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the elf specific area
|
|
|
|
|
of the symbol if there is one. */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE elf_symbol_type *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_symbol_from, (ignore_abfd, symbol),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * ignore_abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol * symbol)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (symbol->the_bfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbol->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data == (struct elf_obj_tdata *) NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (elf_symbol_type *) symbol;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Create ELF output from BFD sections.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Essentially, just create the section header and forget about the program
|
|
|
|
|
header for now. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_make_sections, (abfd, asect, obj),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asection * asect AND
|
|
|
|
|
PTR obj)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
|
|
|
|
|
/* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
|
|
|
|
|
/* contents already set by elf_set_section_contents */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* emit a reloc section, and thus strtab and symtab... */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
|
|
|
|
|
if (use_rela_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
/* REL relocations */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_addralign = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this section is not part of the program image during
|
|
|
|
|
execution, leave the address fields at 0. */
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
asect->vma = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
write_relocs (abfd, sec, xxx)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
asection *sec;
|
|
|
|
|
PTR xxx;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela *outbound_relocas;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel *outbound_relocs;
|
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
|
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asymbol *last_sym = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int last_sym_idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Flags are sometimes inconsistent. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sec->reloc_count == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * sec->reloc_count;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->contents = (void *) bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (use_rela_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
outbound_relocas = (Elf_External_Rela *) rela_hdr->contents;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela dst_rela;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela *src_rela;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
|
|
|
|
|
src_rela = outbound_relocas + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
|
|
|
|
|
dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address - sec->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym == last_sym)
|
|
|
|
|
n = last_sym_idx;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
last_sym = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst_rela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dst_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &dst_rela, src_rela);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
/* REL relocations */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
outbound_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *) rela_hdr->contents;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel dst_rel;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel *src_rel;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
|
|
|
|
|
sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
src_rel = outbound_relocs + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(abfd->flags & EXEC_P))
|
|
|
|
|
dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address - sec->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym == last_sym)
|
|
|
|
|
n = last_sym_idx;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
last_sym = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dst_rel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &dst_rel, src_rel);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
fix_up_strtabs (abfd, asect, obj)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
asection *asect;
|
|
|
|
|
PTR obj;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
int this_idx = elf_section_data(asect)->this_idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Check flags! */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp ("str", asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
size_t len = strlen (asect->name) + 1;
|
1993-08-06 02:32:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
char *s = (char *) alloca (len);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
strcpy (s, asect->name);
|
|
|
|
|
s[len - 4] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
asect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, s);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!asect)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data(asect)->this_hdr.sh_link = this_idx;
|
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Assuming 32 bits! */
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data(asect)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 0xc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_fake_sections, (abfd, asect, obj),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asection * asect AND
|
|
|
|
|
PTR obj)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* most of what is in bfd_shdr_from_section goes in here... */
|
|
|
|
|
/* and all of these sections generate at *least* one ELF section. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_name =
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd), asect->name);
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to log the type *now* so that elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
|
|
|
|
can find us... have to set rawdata too. */
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->rawdata = (void *) asect;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD))
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!strcmp (asect->name, ".bss"));
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME I am not sure how to detect a .note section from the flags
|
|
|
|
|
word of an `asection'. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (!strcmp (asect->name, ".note"))
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->size = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now, check for processor-specific section types. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections)
|
|
|
|
|
(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a strtab and symtab, and possibly a reloc section. */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Note that only one symtab is used, so just remember it
|
|
|
|
|
for now. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_name =
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_add_2_to_strtab (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|
|
|
|
use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel",
|
|
|
|
|
asect->name);
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
|
|
|
|
? sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)
|
|
|
|
|
: sizeof (Elf_External_Rel));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->sh_addralign = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rela_hdr->size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Do something with sh_type? */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(asect->flags & SEC_READONLY))
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_CODE)
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
|
|
|
|
all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE int
|
|
|
|
|
sym_is_global (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym->section == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Is this valid? */
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sym->section == &bfd_und_section)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym->flags & (BSF_LOCAL | BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_map_symbols, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asymbol **sect_syms;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int num_locals = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int num_globals = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int num_locals2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int num_globals2 = 0;
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int max_index = 0;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int num_sections = 0;
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Sym_Extra *sym_extra;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
|
asection *asect;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Add local symbols for each section for which there are relocs.
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME: How can we tell which sections have relocs at this point?
|
|
|
|
|
Will reloc_count always be accurate? Actually, I think most ELF
|
|
|
|
|
targets create section symbols for all sections anyhow. */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (max_index < asect->index)
|
|
|
|
|
max_index = asect->index;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
max_index++;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
|
|
|
|
|
sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sect_syms != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
sym->the_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
sym->name = asect->name;
|
|
|
|
|
sym->value = asect->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
|
|
|
|
sym->section = asect;
|
|
|
|
|
sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
num_sections++;
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
|
|
"creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n",
|
|
|
|
|
asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect);
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (num_sections)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (syms)
|
|
|
|
|
syms = (asymbol **) bfd_realloc (abfd, syms,
|
|
|
|
|
((symcount + num_sections + 1)
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (asymbol *)));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|
|
|
|
(num_sections + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sect_syms[asect->index])
|
|
|
|
|
syms[symcount++] = sect_syms[asect->index];
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
syms[symcount] = (asymbol *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_set_symtab (abfd, syms, symcount);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_sym_extra (abfd) = sym_extra
|
|
|
|
|
= (Elf_Sym_Extra *) bfd_alloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (Elf_Sym_Extra));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Identify and classify all of the symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym_is_global (syms[idx]))
|
|
|
|
|
num_locals++;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
num_globals++;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now provide mapping information. Add +1 for skipping over the
|
|
|
|
|
dummy symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
syms[idx]->udata = (PTR) &sym_extra[idx];
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (!sym_is_global (syms[idx]))
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym_extra[idx].elf_sym_num = 1 + num_locals2++;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym_extra[idx].elf_sym_num = 1 + num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void assign_section_numbers ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void assign_file_positions_except_relocs ();
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_compute_section_file_positions, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, 0);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
assign_section_numbers (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_make_sections, 0);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, fix_up_strtabs, 0); /* .stab/.stabstr &c */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
swap_out_syms (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_write_phdrs, (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_phdrp, phdr_cnt),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr * i_phdrp AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf32_Half phdr_cnt)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* first program header entry goes after the file header */
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int outbase = i_ehdrp->e_phoff;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < phdr_cnt; i++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, i_phdrp + i, &x_phdr);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, outbase, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_write ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
outbase += sizeof (x_phdr);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static const Elf_Internal_Shdr null_shdr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
|
|
|
|
too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
|
|
|
|
in here too, while we're at it. (Link pointers for .stab sections are
|
|
|
|
|
not filled in here.) */
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
assign_section_numbers (abfd)
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
asection *sec;
|
|
|
|
|
int section_number = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = elf_shstrtab(abfd)->length;
|
|
|
|
|
t->shstrtab_hdr.contents = (void *) elf_shstrtab(abfd)->tab;
|
|
|
|
|
shstrtab_length_fixed = 1;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->symcount)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
t->symtab_section = section_number++;
|
|
|
|
|
t->strtab_section = section_number++;
|
|
|
|
|
t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
|
|
d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
d->rel_idx = section_number++;
|
|
|
|
|
d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
|
|
|
|
d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
d->rel_idx = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
/* No handling for per-section string tables currently. */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
|
|
|
|
indices. */
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_elfsections(abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < section_number; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[i] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) &null_shdr;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->symcount)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (d->rel_idx)
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we got everything.... */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < section_number; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp[i] == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static INLINE file_ptr
|
|
|
|
|
assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int align;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_addralign != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
align = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
align = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, align);
|
1993-11-09 07:33:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->rawdata != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
((asection *) i_shdrp->rawdata)->filepos = offset;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
|
|
offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE file_ptr
|
|
|
|
|
align_file_position (off)
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr off;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return (off + FILE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(FILE_ALIGN - 1);
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static INLINE file_ptr
|
|
|
|
|
assign_file_positions_for_symtab_and_strtabs (abfd, off)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr off;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = align_file_position (off);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (&t->symtab_hdr, off);
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (&t->shstrtab_hdr, off);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (&t->strtab_hdr, off);
|
|
|
|
|
return off;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct seg_info {
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma low, mem_size;
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr file_size;
|
|
|
|
|
int start_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
int sh_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
struct seg_info *next;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
map_program_segments (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
|
|
|
|
char *done;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, n_left = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr lowest_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct seg_info *seg = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-08-06 02:32:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
done = (char *) alloca (i_ehdrp->e_shnum);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
memset (done, 0, i_ehdrp->e_shnum);
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it's going to be mapped in, it's been assigned a position. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_offset + 1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Well, not really, but we won't process it here. */
|
|
|
|
|
done[i] = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_offset < lowest_offset
|
|
|
|
|
|| lowest_offset == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
lowest_offset = i_shdrp->sh_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Only interested in PROGBITS or NOBITS for generating segments. */
|
|
|
|
|
switch (i_shdrp->sh_type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
done[i] = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (!done[i])
|
|
|
|
|
n_left++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
while (n_left)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma lowest_vma = -1, high;
|
|
|
|
|
int low_sec = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int mem_size;
|
|
|
|
|
int file_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if (!done[i] && i_shdrp->sh_addr < lowest_vma)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
lowest_vma = i_shdrp->sh_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
low_sec = i;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (low_sec == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
/* So now we know the lowest vma of any unassigned sections; start
|
|
|
|
|
a segment there. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct seg_info *s;
|
|
|
|
|
s = (struct seg_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct seg_info));
|
|
|
|
|
s->next = seg;
|
|
|
|
|
seg = s;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
seg->low = lowest_vma;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[low_sec];
|
|
|
|
|
seg->start_pos = i_shdrp->sh_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
seg->sh_flags = i_shdrp->sh_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
done[low_sec] = 1, n_left--;
|
|
|
|
|
mem_size = i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
high = lowest_vma + i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS)
|
|
|
|
|
file_size = i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr f1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (file_size != mem_size)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if (done[i])
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
/* position of next byte on disk */
|
|
|
|
|
f1 = seg->start_pos + file_size;
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_offset - f1 != i_shdrp->sh_addr - high)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else /* sh_type == NOBITS */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the section in question has no contents in the disk
|
|
|
|
|
file, we really don't care where it supposedly starts.
|
|
|
|
|
But we don't want to bother merging it into this segment
|
|
|
|
|
if it doesn't start on this memory page. */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma page1, page2;
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* page number in address space of current end of seg */
|
|
|
|
|
page1 = (high - 1 + maxpagesize - 1) / maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
/* page number in address space of start of this section */
|
|
|
|
|
page2 = (i_shdrp->sh_addr + maxpagesize - 1) / maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (page1 != page2)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
done[i] = 1, n_left--;
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS)
|
|
|
|
|
file_size = i_shdrp->sh_offset + i_shdrp->sh_size - seg->start_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
mem_size = i_shdrp->sh_addr + i_shdrp->sh_size - seg->low;
|
|
|
|
|
high = i_shdrp->sh_addr + i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
seg->file_size = file_size;
|
|
|
|
|
seg->mem_size = mem_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now do something with the list of segments we've built up. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
struct seg_info *s;
|
|
|
|
|
int n_segs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int sz;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (s = seg; s; s = s->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n_segs++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
|
|
|
|
sz = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr) * n_segs;
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (align_file_position (i_ehdrp->e_ehsize) + sz <= lowest_offset)
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phoff = align_file_position (i_ehdrp->e_ehsize);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phoff = align_file_position (elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = i_ehdrp->e_phoff + sz;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-08-06 02:32:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
phdr = (Elf_Internal_Phdr*) bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|
|
|
|
n_segs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdr;
|
|
|
|
|
while (seg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD; /* only type we really support so far */
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_offset = seg->start_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_vaddr = seg->low;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_paddr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_filesz = seg->file_size;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_memsz = seg->mem_size;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_align = maxpagesize; /* ? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (seg->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE)
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* SysVr4 ELF docs say "data segments normally have read, write,
|
|
|
|
|
and execute permissions." */
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_flags |= (PF_W | PF_X);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (seg->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
|
|
|
|
phdr->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
|
|
|
|
phdr++;
|
|
|
|
|
seg = seg->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phnum = n_segs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
elf_write_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* For now, we ignore the possibility of having program segments, which
|
|
|
|
|
may require some alignment in the file. That'll require padding, and
|
|
|
|
|
some interesting calculations to optimize file space usage.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Also, since the application may change the list of relocations for
|
|
|
|
|
a given section, we don't figure them in here. We'll put them at the
|
|
|
|
|
end of the file, at positions computed during bfd_close.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
The order, for now: <ehdr> <shdr> <sec1> <sec2> <sec3> ... <rel1> ...
|
|
|
|
|
or: <ehdr> <phdr> <sec1> <sec2> ... <shdr> <rel1> ... */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr off;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int exec_p = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Everything starts after the ELF file header. */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!exec_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Section headers. */
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = align_file_position (off);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
|
|
|
|
off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_positions_for_symtab_and_strtabs (abfd, off);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp->sh_offset = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (exec_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
if (maxpagesize == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
maxpagesize = 1; /* make the arithmetic work */
|
|
|
|
|
/* This isn't necessarily going to give the best packing, if the
|
|
|
|
|
segments require padding between them, but since that isn't
|
|
|
|
|
usually the case, this'll do. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((i_shdrp->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp->sh_offset = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Blindly assume that the segments are ordered optimally. With
|
|
|
|
|
the default LD script, they will be. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* need big unsigned type */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma addtl_off;
|
|
|
|
|
addtl_off = i_shdrp->sh_addr - off;
|
|
|
|
|
addtl_off = addtl_off % maxpagesize;
|
|
|
|
|
if (addtl_off)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
off += addtl_off;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr off2;
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp->sh_offset = off;
|
|
|
|
|
if (off % maxpagesize != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
off2 = maxpagesize - (off % maxpagesize);
|
|
|
|
|
if (off2 > i_shdrp->sh_size)
|
|
|
|
|
off2 = i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
off += off2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, off);
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (exec_p
|
|
|
|
|
&& get_elf_backend_data(abfd)->maxpagesize > 1
|
|
|
|
|
&& i_shdrp->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
|
|
|
|
|
&& (i_shdrp->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
&& (i_shdrp->sh_offset - i_shdrp->sh_addr) % get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize != 0)
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (exec_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|
|
|
|
map_program_segments (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Section headers. */
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = align_file_position (off);
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
|
|
|
|
off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_positions_for_symtab_and_strtabs (abfd, off);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = i_shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp->sh_offset + 1 == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_REL
|
|
|
|
|
&& i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, off);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
prep_headers (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
int count;
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *shstrtab;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
shstrtab = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
|
|
|
|
abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_type = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? ET_EXEC : ET_REL;
|
|
|
|
|
switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
|
|
|
|
|
/* start-sanitize-v9 */
|
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
/* end-sanitize-v9 */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_i386:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_m68k:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_m88k:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_i860:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_hppa:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_HPPA;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
/* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
1993-06-21 08:53:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_version = EV_CURRENT;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* no program header, for now. */
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* each bfd section is section header entry */
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* it all happens later */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdrs */
|
|
|
|
|
i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
|
|
|
|
|
outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i_phdrp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
|
|
|
|
|
".symtab");
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
|
|
|
|
|
".strtab");
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, shstrtab,
|
|
|
|
|
".shstrtab");
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
swap_out_syms (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_map_symbols (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *stt = bfd_new_strtab (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Sym *outbound_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* see assert in elf_fake_sections that supports this: */
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
outbound_syms = (Elf_External_Sym *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
|
|
|
|
|
/* now generate the data (for "contents") */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_other = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Section symbols have no names. */
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_name = bfd_add_to_strtab (abfd, stt, syms[idx]->name);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
|
|
|
|
and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
|
|
|
|
how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_size = value;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Should retrieve this from somewhere... */
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_value = 16;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
1993-08-06 02:32:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int shndx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (sec->output_section)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
value += sec->output_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
sec = sec->output_section;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
value += sec->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_value = value;
|
1993-08-06 02:32:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
|
|
|
|
if (shndx == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asection *sec2;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had
|
|
|
|
|
some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect
|
|
|
|
|
of the library, and what to demand of applications. For
|
|
|
|
|
example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
|
|
|
|
section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in
|
|
|
|
|
the output file. */
|
|
|
|
|
sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
|
|
|
|
assert (sec2 != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
|
|
|
|
assert (shndx != -1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (syms[idx]->section == &bfd_und_section)
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (syms[idx]->flags & BSF_FILE)
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
|
int type = STT_OBJECT;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
|
|
|
|
bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|
|
|
|
bind = STB_WEAK;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|
|
|
|
bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
|
|
type = STT_FUNC;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym.st_other = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym,
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
(outbound_syms
|
|
|
|
|
+ elf_sym_extra (abfd)[idx].elf_sym_num));
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) stt->tab;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = stt->length;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symstrtab_hdr->size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* put the strtab out too... */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr = &elf_tdata(abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->contents = (PTR) elf_shstrtab (abfd)->tab;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_size = elf_shstrtab (abfd)->length;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->sh_addralign = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
this_hdr->size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Shdr *x_shdrp; /* Section header table, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
int count;
|
|
|
|
|
struct strtab *shstrtab;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
shstrtab = elf_shstrtab (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* swap the header before spitting it out... */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 1
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, i_ehdrp, &x_ehdr);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_write ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* at this point we've concocted all the ELF sections... */
|
|
|
|
|
x_shdrp = (Elf_External_Shdr *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*x_shdrp) * (i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
|
|
|
|
|
if (!x_shdrp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 2
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_section (shstrtab->tab + i_shdrp[count]->sh_name, count,
|
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp[count]);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, i_shdrp[count], x_shdrp + count);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_write ((PTR) x_shdrp, sizeof (*x_shdrp), i_ehdrp->e_shnum, abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
/* need to dump the string table too... */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr off = elf_tdata(abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shnum; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
shdrp = shdrpp[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if (shdrp->sh_type != SHT_REL && shdrp->sh_type != SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = align_file_position (off);
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
off = assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata(abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (NAME(bfd_elf,write_object_contents), (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
int count;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
prep_headers (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
abfd->output_has_begun = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, write_relocs, (PTR) 0);
|
|
|
|
|
assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
|
|
|
|
for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
|
|
|
|
(*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Given an index of a section, retrieve a pointer to it. Note
|
|
|
|
|
that for our purposes, sections are indexed by {1, 2, ...} with
|
|
|
|
|
0 being an illegal index. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* In the original, each ELF section went into exactly one BFD
|
|
|
|
|
section. This doesn't really make sense, so we need a real mapping.
|
|
|
|
|
The mapping has to hide in the Elf_Internal_Shdr since asection
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't have anything like a tdata field... */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static struct sec *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (section_from_elf_index, (abfd, index),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
int index)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* @@ Is bfd_com_section really correct in all the places it could
|
|
|
|
|
be returned from this routine? */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (index == SHN_ABS)
|
|
|
|
|
return &bfd_com_section; /* not abs? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (index == SHN_COMMON)
|
|
|
|
|
return &bfd_com_section;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (index > elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[index];
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
if (!hdr->rawdata)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, index);
|
|
|
|
|
return (struct sec *) hdr->rawdata;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return (struct sec *) &bfd_abs_section;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* given a section, search the header to find them... */
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_section_from_bfd_section, (abfd, asect),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
struct sec *asect)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
int index;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect == &bfd_abs_section)
|
|
|
|
|
return SHN_ABS;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect == &bfd_com_section)
|
|
|
|
|
return SHN_COMMON;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect == &bfd_und_section)
|
|
|
|
|
return SHN_UNDEF;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
|
|
|
|
switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* ELF sections that map to BFD sections */
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOBITS:
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case SHT_NOTE:
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->rawdata)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (((struct sec *) (hdr->rawdata)) == asect)
|
|
|
|
|
return index;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|
|
|
|
/* fix_up_strtabs will generate STRTAB sections with names
|
|
|
|
|
of .stab*str. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp ("str", asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->rawdata)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (((struct sec *) (hdr->rawdata)) == asect)
|
|
|
|
|
return index;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
1993-10-27 04:58:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int retval;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
retval = index;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
|
|
|
|
(abfd, hdr, asect, &retval))
|
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol, (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
|
|
|
|
own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
|
|
|
|
relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
|
|
|
|
input sections rather than the output section. */
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asym_ptr->udata == (PTR) 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
&& asym_ptr->section)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int indx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
|
|
|
|
|
if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx])
|
|
|
|
|
asym_ptr->udata = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata;
|
1993-10-08 02:34:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asym_ptr->udata)
|
|
|
|
|
idx = ((Elf_Sym_Extra *)asym_ptr->udata)->elf_sym_num;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 4
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
"elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx %s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, elf_symbol_flags (flags));
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return idx;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_slurp_symbol_table, (abfd, symptrs),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol ** symptrs) /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
int symcount; /* Number of external ELF symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_symbol_type *sym; /* Pointer to current bfd symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
elf_symbol_type *symbase; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym i_sym;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Sym *x_symp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* this is only valid because there is only one symtab... */
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: This is incorrect, there may also be a dynamic symbol
|
|
|
|
|
table which is a subset of the full symbol table. We either need
|
|
|
|
|
to be prepared to read both (and merge them) or ensure that we
|
|
|
|
|
only read the full symbol table. Currently we only get called to
|
|
|
|
|
read the full symbol table. -fnf */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd) != NULL)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Read each raw ELF symbol, converting from external ELF form to
|
|
|
|
|
internal ELF form, and then using the information to create a
|
|
|
|
|
canonical bfd symbol table entry.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Note that we allocate the initial bfd canonical symbol buffer
|
|
|
|
|
based on a one-to-one mapping of the ELF symbols to canonical
|
|
|
|
|
symbols. We actually use all the ELF symbols, so there will be no
|
|
|
|
|
space left over at the end. When we have all the symbols, we
|
|
|
|
|
build the caller's pointer vector. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
|
|
|
|
|
symbase = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
|
|
|
|
|
sym = symbase;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Temporarily allocate room for the raw ELF symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
x_symp = (Elf_External_Sym *) bfd_xmalloc (symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_symp, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), symcount, abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
!= symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
free ((PTR) x_symp);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Skip first symbol, which is a null dummy. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < symcount; i++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, x_symp + i, &i_sym);
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (&sym->internal_elf_sym, &i_sym, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ELF_KEEP_EXTSYM
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
memcpy (&sym->native_elf_sym, x_symp + i, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|
|
|
|
i_sym.st_name);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (i_sym.st_shndx > 0 && i_sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERV)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.section = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i_sym.st_shndx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.section = &bfd_com_section;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Elf puts the alignment into the `value' field, and the size
|
|
|
|
|
into the `size' field. BFD wants to see the size in the
|
|
|
|
|
value field, and doesn't care (at the moment) about the
|
|
|
|
|
alignment. */
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.section = &bfd_und_section;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.section = &bfd_abs_section;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
switch (ELF_ST_BIND (i_sym.st_info))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case STB_LOCAL:
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case STB_GLOBAL:
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case STB_WEAK:
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_WEAK;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (i_sym.st_info))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case STT_SECTION:
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DEBUGGING;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case STT_FILE:
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FILE | BSF_DEBUGGING;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case STT_FUNC:
|
|
|
|
|
sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-27 03:27:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing)
|
|
|
|
|
(*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing) (abfd, &sym->symbol);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym++;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing)
|
|
|
|
|
(*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) (abfd, symbase, symcount);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-09-17 06:24:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* We rely on the zalloc to clear out the final symbol entry. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount = sym - symbase;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the user's symbol pointer vector if needed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (symptrs)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sym = symbase;
|
|
|
|
|
while (symcount-- > 0)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
*symptrs++ = &sym->symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
sym++;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
*symptrs = 0; /* Final null pointer */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
|
|
|
|
the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
|
|
|
|
always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_get_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int symcount;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int symtab_size = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol));
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return symtab_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
This function return the number of bytes required to store the
|
|
|
|
|
relocation information associated with section <<sect>>
|
|
|
|
|
attached to bfd <<abfd>>
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
sec_ptr asect;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* either rel or rela */
|
|
|
|
|
return elf_section_data(asect)->rel_hdr.sh_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_slurp_reloca_table, (abfd, asect, symbols),
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sec_ptr asect AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol ** symbols)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela *native_relocs;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *reloc_cache;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *cache_ptr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect->relocation)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rela *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (Elf_External_Rela), asect->reloc_count, abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
reloc_cache = (arelent *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!reloc_cache)
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela dst;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rela *src;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
src = native_relocs + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, &dst);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-11-09 07:33:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset. An offset
|
|
|
|
|
of zero points to the dummy symbol, which was not read into
|
|
|
|
|
the symbol table SYMBOLS. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section.symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate any ELF section symbol into a BFD section
|
|
|
|
|
symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
s = *(cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
s = *cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->name == 0 || s->name[0] == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->addend = dst.r_addend;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
(*ebd->elf_info_to_howto) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-22 11:21:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_section (str, num, hdr)
|
|
|
|
|
char *str;
|
|
|
|
|
int num;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\nSection#%d '%s' 0x%.8lx\n", num, str, (long) hdr);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
|
|
"sh_name = %ld\tsh_type = %ld\tsh_flags = %ld\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_name,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_type,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
|
|
"sh_addr = %ld\tsh_offset = %ld\tsh_size = %ld\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_offset,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
|
|
"sh_link = %ld\tsh_info = %ld\tsh_addralign = %ld\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_link,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_info,
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "sh_entsize = %ld\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(long) hdr->sh_entsize);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "rawdata = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->rawdata);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "contents = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) hdr->contents);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "size = %ld\n", (long) hdr->size);
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_file (ehdrp)
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdrp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_entry = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) ehdrp->e_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_phoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phoff);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_phnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_phentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phentsize);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_shoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shoff);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_shnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shnum);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "e_shentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shentsize);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_slurp_reloc_table, (abfd, asect, symbols),
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
sec_ptr asect AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol ** symbols)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel *native_relocs;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *reloc_cache;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *cache_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *data_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
ElfNAME (Off) data_off;
|
|
|
|
|
ElfNAME (Word) data_max;
|
|
|
|
|
char buf[4]; /* FIXME -- might be elf64 */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int idx;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (asect->relocation)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
native_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Rel));
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_read ((PTR) native_relocs,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (Elf_External_Rel), asect->reloc_count, abfd);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
reloc_cache = (arelent *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!reloc_cache)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Get the offset of the start of the segment we are relocating to read in
|
|
|
|
|
the implicit addend. */
|
|
|
|
|
data_hdr = &elf_section_data(asect)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
data_off = data_hdr->sh_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
data_max = data_hdr->sh_size - sizeof (buf) + 1;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 2
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_section ("data section", -1, data_hdr);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel *src;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
src = native_relocs + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel dst;
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Rel *src;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
src = native_relocs + idx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* relocatable, so the offset is off of the section */
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset + asect->vma;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* non-relocatable, so the offset a virtual address */
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->address = dst.r_offset;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-11-09 07:33:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ELF_R_SYM(dst.r_info) is the symbol table offset. An offset
|
|
|
|
|
of zero points to the dummy symbol, which was not read into
|
|
|
|
|
the symbol table SYMBOLS. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section.symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (dst.r_info) - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Translate any ELF section symbol into a BFD section
|
|
|
|
|
symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
s = *(cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
s = *cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->name == 0 || s->name[0] == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dst.r_offset <= data_max);
|
* elfcode.h (elf_build_phdrs): Unused function deleted.
(bfd_shdr_from_section): Ditto.
(write_relocs): Don't change section contents for addend.
(elf_locate_sh): Return type is now always elf_internal_shdr, since the other
types were really aliases for this type anyways. Don't compile this function,
since it is static and doesn't appear to be used in this file.
(sym_is_global): Return non-zero for weak symbols. Abort if sec ptr is null.
(swap_out_syms): Reorder tests so function symbols can be weak.
(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't use BSF_EXPORT.
(elf_slurp_reloca_table): Make RELOC_PROCESSING section smaller by
extracting out some common code. Abort if BFD section symbol has null name.
(elf_slurp_reloc_table): Translate ELF section symbols into BFD section
symbols. Don't read section contents to fill in addend field.
* Merged from OSF:
Tue Jun 15 14:38:32 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* libelf.h (struct Elf_Sym_Extra): New structure to contain ELF
specific information for a symbol. Put in elf_sym_num, which
gives the external symbol number in the elf object file, since
local symbols must come before global symbols.
(elf_sym_extra): New macro.
(elf_symtab_map): Delete, in favor of using Elf_Sym_Extra.
* elfcode.h (elf_map_symbols): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map internal
symbol number to external number. Store the address of the
Elf_Sym_Extra field for the symbol in the udata field.
(elf_write_object_contents): Use Elf_Sym_Extra to map out symbols.
Sun Jun 20 16:30:11 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add field to count the size of the
array of pointers to section symbols.
(elf_map_symbols): Bump the max index of the section symbols so
that we don't overwrite memory. Store the max index into the
elf_obj_tdata field.
Sat Jun 19 10:12:27 1993 Michael Meissner (meissner@osf.org)
* elfcode.h (elf_obj_tdata): Add pointer to an array of pointers
to the section symbols we created. Remove unused field internal_syms.
(elf_map_symbols): Fill in array of pointers to section symbols. Only create
section symbols for sections that have SEC_ALLOC set, and have non-zero size.
(elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): If udata is NULL, and this is a section symbol,
look up the section in the list of section symbols, and set the udata pointer
appropriately. Otherwise, if udata is still NULL, fail an assertion, and use
0, instead of dropping core.
1993-08-21 06:21:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->addend = 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
(*ebd->elf_info_to_howto_rel) (abfd, cache_ptr, &dst);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
sec_ptr section;
|
|
|
|
|
arelent **relptr;
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol **symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
arelent *tblptr = section->relocation;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* snarfed from coffcode.h */
|
|
|
|
|
if (use_rela_p)
|
|
|
|
|
elf_slurp_reloca_table (abfd, section, symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tblptr = section->relocation;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!tblptr)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (; count++ < section->reloc_count;)
|
|
|
|
|
*relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*relptr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return section->reloc_count;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_get_symtab, (abfd, alocation),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol ** alocation)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_make_empty_symbol, (abfd),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
|
|
|
|
|
if (!newsym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
|
|
return &newsym->symbol;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_get_symbol_info, (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * ignore_abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol * symbol AND
|
|
|
|
|
symbol_info * ret)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_print_symbol, (ignore_abfd, filep, symbol, how),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * ignore_abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
PTR filep AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol * symbol AND
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_print_symbol_type how)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
|
|
|
|
switch (how)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
CONST char *section_name;
|
|
|
|
|
section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (file, " %s\t%s",
|
|
|
|
|
section_name,
|
|
|
|
|
symbol->name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
alent *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_get_lineno, (ignore_abfd, symbol),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * ignore_abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol * symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_set_arch_mach, (abfd, arch, machine),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
enum bfd_architecture arch AND
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long machine)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow any architecture to be supported by the elf backend */
|
|
|
|
|
switch (arch)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_unknown: /* EM_NONE */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_sparc: /* EM_SPARC */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_i386: /* EM_386 */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_m68k: /* EM_68K */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_m88k: /* EM_88K */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_i860: /* EM_860 */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_mips: /* EM_MIPS (MIPS R3000) */
|
|
|
|
|
case bfd_arch_hppa: /* EM_HPPA (HP PA_RISC) */
|
|
|
|
|
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_find_nearest_line, (abfd,
|
|
|
|
|
section,
|
|
|
|
|
symbols,
|
|
|
|
|
offset,
|
|
|
|
|
filename_ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
functionname_ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
line_ptr),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
asection * section AND
|
|
|
|
|
asymbol ** symbols AND
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma offset AND
|
|
|
|
|
CONST char **filename_ptr AND
|
|
|
|
|
CONST char **functionname_ptr AND
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int *line_ptr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_sizeof_headers, (abfd, reloc),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
boolean reloc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "elf_sizeof_headers unimplemented\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_set_section_contents, (abfd, section, location, offset, count),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
sec_ptr section AND
|
|
|
|
|
PTR location AND
|
|
|
|
|
file_ptr offset AND
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_size_type count)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->output_has_begun == false) /* set by bfd.c handler? */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* do setup calculations (FIXME) */
|
|
|
|
|
prep_headers (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
abfd->output_has_begun = true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
hdr = &elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_no_info_to_howto, (abfd, cache_ptr, dst),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
arelent * cache_ptr AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_no_info_to_howto_rel, (abfd, cache_ptr, dst),
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
arelent * cache_ptr AND
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rel * dst)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Core file support */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/procfs.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
|
|
|
|
|
#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
|
|
|
|
|
#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) /* Define away */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_prstatus, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
char *descdata AND
|
|
|
|
|
int descsz AND
|
|
|
|
|
long filepos)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg");
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_prpsinfo, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
char *descdata AND
|
|
|
|
|
int descsz AND
|
|
|
|
|
long filepos)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (bfd_fpregset, (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
char *descdata AND
|
|
|
|
|
int descsz AND
|
|
|
|
|
long filepos)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2");
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = descsz;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = filepos;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = 2;
|
1993-07-07 04:43:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a pointer to the args (including the command name) that were
|
|
|
|
|
seen by the program that generated the core dump. Note that for
|
|
|
|
|
some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args
|
|
|
|
|
in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if
|
|
|
|
|
it exists. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_core_file_failing_command, (abfd),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
|
|
|
|
|
if (core_prpsinfo (abfd))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
prpsinfo_t *p = core_prpsinfo (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
char *scan = p->pr_psargs;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*scan++)
|
|
|
|
|
{;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
scan -= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((scan > p->pr_psargs) && (*scan == ' '))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*scan = '\000';
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return p->pr_psargs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return the number of the signal that caused the core dump. Presumably,
|
|
|
|
|
since we have a core file, we got a signal of some kind, so don't bother
|
|
|
|
|
checking the other process status fields, just return the signal number.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_core_file_failing_signal, (abfd),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
|
|
|
|
|
if (core_prstatus (abfd))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return ((prstatus_t *) (core_prstatus (abfd)))->pr_cursig;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if the core file could reasonably be expected to have
|
|
|
|
|
come for the current executable file. Note that by default we return
|
|
|
|
|
true unless we find something that indicates that there might be a
|
|
|
|
|
problem.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_core_file_matches_executable_p, (core_bfd, exec_bfd),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * core_bfd AND
|
|
|
|
|
bfd * exec_bfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
|
|
|
|
|
char *corename;
|
|
|
|
|
char *execname;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* First, xvecs must match since both are ELF files for the same target. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* If no prpsinfo, just return true. Otherwise, grab the last component
|
|
|
|
|
of the exec'd pathname from the prpsinfo. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if (core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
corename = (((struct prpsinfo *) core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))->pr_fname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Find the last component of the executable pathname. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
if ((execname = strrchr (exec_bfd->filename, '/')) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
execname++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
execname = (char *) exec_bfd->filename;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* See if they match */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of
|
|
|
|
|
the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface
|
|
|
|
|
for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this
|
|
|
|
|
includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and
|
|
|
|
|
ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level,
|
|
|
|
|
available on all machines since it does not require that the host
|
|
|
|
|
have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd
|
|
|
|
|
section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures,
|
|
|
|
|
without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support,
|
|
|
|
|
the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with
|
|
|
|
|
/proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will
|
|
|
|
|
pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that
|
|
|
|
|
clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the
|
|
|
|
|
core dump, etc.
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
static boolean
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_corefile_note, (abfd, hdr),
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd * abfd AND
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr * hdr)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */
|
|
|
|
|
char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */
|
|
|
|
|
char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */
|
|
|
|
|
char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */
|
|
|
|
|
long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */
|
|
|
|
|
asection *newsect;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (hdr->p_filesz > 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (buf = (char *) bfd_xmalloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL
|
|
|
|
|
&& bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1
|
|
|
|
|
&& bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf;
|
|
|
|
|
while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz);
|
|
|
|
|
i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz);
|
|
|
|
|
i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type);
|
|
|
|
|
namedata = x_note_p->name;
|
|
|
|
|
descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4);
|
|
|
|
|
filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (i_note.type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|
|
|
|
/* process descdata as prstatus info */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
|
|
|
|
|
sectname = ".prstatus";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case NT_FPREGSET:
|
|
|
|
|
/* process descdata as fpregset info */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
|
|
|
|
|
sectname = ".fpregset";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|
|
|
|
/* process descdata as prpsinfo */
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos);
|
|
|
|
|
sectname = ".prpsinfo";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */
|
|
|
|
|
sectname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (sectname != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname);
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->filepos = filepos;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
|
|
newsect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *)
|
|
|
|
|
(descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
free (buf);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition
|
|
|
|
|
the file using the execution view of the file (program header table)
|
|
|
|
|
rather than the linking view. In fact, there is no section header
|
|
|
|
|
table in a core file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The process status information (including the contents of the general
|
|
|
|
|
register set) and the floating point register set are stored in a
|
|
|
|
|
segment of type PT_NOTE. We handcraft a couple of extra bfd sections
|
|
|
|
|
that allow standard bfd access to the general registers (.reg) and the
|
|
|
|
|
floating point registers (.reg2).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_target *
|
|
|
|
|
DEFUN (elf_core_file_p, (abfd), bfd * abfd)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr; /* Program header table entry, external form */
|
|
|
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int phindex;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Read in the ELF header in external format. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
|
|
|
|
|
make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
|
|
|
|
|
and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
|
|
|
|
|
program header table (FIXME: See comments re segments at top of this
|
|
|
|
|
file). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
wrong:
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = wrong_format;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here ! */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
|
|
|
|
|
int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|
|
|
|
int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size)
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */
|
|
|
|
|
switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == false)
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */
|
|
|
|
|
if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == true)
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */
|
|
|
|
|
default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
|
|
|
|
|
the tdata pointer in the bfd. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
|
|
|
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, `wrong' returns from this point onward, leak memory. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
|
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
|
|
|
|
|
#if DEBUG & 1
|
|
|
|
|
elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then
|
|
|
|
|
we are hosed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE)
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in
|
|
|
|
|
internal form, seek to the program header table in the file,
|
|
|
|
|
read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity
|
|
|
|
|
check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program
|
|
|
|
|
header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr))
|
|
|
|
|
goto wrong;
|
|
|
|
|
i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!i_phdrp)
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = no_memory;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd)
|
|
|
|
|
!= sizeof (x_phdr))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_error = system_call_error;
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex);
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we
|
|
|
|
|
can start processing them. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex);
|
|
|
|
|
if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
/* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
1993-07-20 03:12:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
return abfd->xvec;
|
1993-06-19 01:45:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
}
|